<íµ†ÓÖ]<íËé¾çÖ

]

‫]‪<íµ†ÓÖ]<íËé¾çÖ‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ )‪١٣٤٠‬ﻫـ(‬

‫ﻭﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ )‪٦٧٦‬ﻫـ(‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﲎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻱ‬

‫<‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻛﻔﺘﺎﺭﻭ‬
‫<‪Üéu†Ö]<à·†Ö]<]<ÜŠe‬‬
‫ﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺻﻄﻔﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﻺﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨـﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﴰﺲ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺧﲑ ﻛﺜﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺲ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺓ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ ~ }|  { z y m ،‬‬
‫ ‪- l‬ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ ¦  ¥  ¤£  ¢  ¡m -‬‬
‫§¨ © ‪ µ ´ ³ ² ± ° ¯ ® ¬ « ª‬‬

‫¶ ¸ ‪ Ç Æ Å Ä Ã ÂÁ À ¿¾½ ¼ » º ¹‬‬
‫‪] l Ò Ñ Ð Ï ÎÍ Ì Ë Ê ÉÈ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪.[٣٥ :‬‬

‫ﺲ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺫ ﹶﻛ ‪‬ﺮﻧﹺﻲ« )‪.(١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﺟﻠﻴﺲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪» ،‬ﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺟﻠ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪] l å ä ã  â ám‬ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪.[٢٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪] l ¼ »m:‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.[١٥٢ :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻗﺪﳝﹰﺎ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﳌﻦ ﻻ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻟﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺎﺟﻮﻩ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺲ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﱐ ﺯﻏﻠﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪١٤١٠ ،١‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،١‬ﺹ‪ ،١١٤:‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ ،(١٢٣١‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻱ )‪١٣٤٠‬ﻫـ(‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻤﺌﻦ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻐﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺴﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻔﻲ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻨﺼ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻘﺼ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗﺮﻓ ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺰﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻭﻗﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﲰﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﳎﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻑ‬

‫ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹶﻘـﺪ‪ ‬ﻣـ ﹸﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺓ ﲤﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﻼ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼﻼ ﹸﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ‪‬ﳌ‪‬ﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ﷲ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﲔ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻼﺓ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻭﻻ ﳛﺼﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺤﻮ ﹸﻝ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺫﻧﺒﹰﺎ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ‪ -‬ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ – ﻣﻨﺘﻘﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ )‪١٣٤٠‬ﻫـ( ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﻝ ﻣﺜﻮﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺰﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﲨﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺇﻗﺒﺎﻻ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻭﻧﻪ ﺻﺒﺎ ‪‬ﺣﺎ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺀﹰﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﹼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﷲ ﺟﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﺭﻛﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻮﺝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﱐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺼﻔﺖ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺤﻴﻢ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺣﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﺫﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻘﺪ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫‪S‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﳏﻜﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ »m :‬‬
‫¼‪ l‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪  lQ  P  O  m :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ Í  Ìm :‬‬
‫‪ lÖ Õ Ô Ó   Ò Ñ Ð Ï Î‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﺐ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺤﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ®¬«ª©¨§ m :‬‬
‫¯ ‪] l±°‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪.[٣٥ :‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺸﺮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ä ã  â á àß   Þ Ý Ü Û Úm‬‬
‫‪] lå‬ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪.[٢٨ :‬‬

‫‪T‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﲢﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﺸﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨـﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪» :‬ﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﻘ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﺬ ﹸﻛﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ﺴﻜ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ ﹸﺔ‬
‫ﺖ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴ ﹺﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸﻴ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤ ﹸﺔ ‪‬ﻭﻧـﺰﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﻻ ‪‬ﺣ ﱠﻔ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﹶﻼ‪‬ﺋ ﹶﻜ ﹸﺔ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻏ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭ ﹶﺫ ﹶﻛ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺎﱃ ﻓ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻩ«)‪.(١‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﳊ ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﱯ ‪ » :‬ﻣﹶﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬﻱ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﺬ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬﻱ ﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﺬ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﹶﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﹶﳌ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ«)‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺠﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻏﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺿﻤﻤﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﲨﻌﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺮﺕ ﲝﺰﺏ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺲ ﺷﻐﺎﻑ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪.(٢٦٩٩‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٦٤٠٧) :‬‬
‫‪U‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﳑﻦ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻔﻆ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﺮ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﲟﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺭﺣﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﻷﺯﻭﺍﺟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳛﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺘﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٢٠١٢/٤/١‬ﻡ‬
‫‪Furqqan26@yahoo. com‬‬‫‪furqqan26@hotmail. com‬‬

‫‪ML‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻴﺖ ﰲ ﲣﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻋ ‪‬ﺮﺑﺖ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺿﻔﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱳ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻄﻮ ﹰﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺟﺎﻧ ﹴ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺬﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﺿﻔﺖ )ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ( ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﲨﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﲑ ﻭﺃﻋﻢ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺷﺮﺣﺖ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺿﺒﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪MM‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫‪ DC B  A‬‬
‫‪‬ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬ﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻋﺎ َﺀ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒﺎ ‪‬ﺩ ﹰﺓ ‪‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺦ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒﺎ ‪‬ﺩﺓ ‪‬ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ )ﺑﹸﺄﺩ ‪‬ﻋﻮﹺﻧﻲ( ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒﺎ ‪‬ﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺟﺎ‪‬ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﺃﹾﻟ ‪‬ﺰ ‪‬ﻣﻪ ﹺﺑ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻋﺪﻩ ﺍ ِﻹ ‪‬ﺟﺎ‪‬ﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻋﺎ ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑﻪ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫‪] lQPONm‬ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪ ¼»m [٦٠ :‬‬
‫½¾¿‪] lÆÅÄÃÂÁÀ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪.[١٨٦‬‬
‫ﺠﺎ‪‬ﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﱢﻠ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﻣ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﺎ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼﱢﻠ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻧﻪ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﻣﺠ‪‬ﻴﺐ ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ . .‬ﺁﻣﲔ‬
‫ﺴ‪‬‬
‫ﺤﺎﹺﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻣﺎ ﹶﺍ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻬ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤﹶﺜﺎ‪‬ﺑﺔ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁ‪‬ﻟﻪ ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻲ‬

‫‪MN‬‬

‫ﺴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺡ ‪‬ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒﺎ ﹺ‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ‪‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﺎﺭﺋﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺮﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫‪ » .١‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻭﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸ ﹾﺄ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻲ ٍﺀ ﹶﻗﺪ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ‬
‫ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻁ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻲ ٍﺀ ‪‬ﻋ ﹾﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ«)‪) (١‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹶﺃﺣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ)‪)(٢‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ( ﰒ ‪ Tm  lD  C B A m‬‬
‫‪ ^  ] \   [ Z Y X W V U‬‬

‫)‪(١‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ‪ ،٤٠٩/٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٥٠٧٥) :‬‬
‫)‪§  ¦ ¥ ¤ £ ¢ ¡ ~ } | { zyx w v u t sm(٢‬‬
‫¨© ‪ ¼ » º¹ ¸ ¶ µ ´ ³ ²± °¯ ® ¬ « ª‬‬
‫½ ¾ ¿ ‪ Í ÌË  Ê  É ÈÇ Æ Å ÄÃÂ Á À‬‬
‫‪]lÏ Î‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.[٢٥٥ :‬‬
‫‪MO‬‬

‫_ ` ‪ k  ji    h  g  f ed c  b a‬‬
‫‪] ll‬ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪.[٣ – ١ :‬‬

‫‪ .٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ)‪ (١‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻮﺫﺗﺎﻥ)‪) (٢‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ()‪.(٣‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺛﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻝ ‪‬ﺎﺭﻩ ﱂ ﺗﺼﺒ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻴﺒ ﹲﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺁﺧ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﱂ ﺗﺼﺒ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺼﻴﺒ ﹲﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺒ ‪‬ﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪N M L K  J I H G F E D C B A m(١‬‬
‫‪.lRQ P O‬‬
‫)‪c b a ` _ ^ ] \ [ Z Y X W V U Tm(٢‬‬
‫‪ .l  n m l  k j i h g f e d‬‬

‫‬

‫‪ |{zyxwvutsrqpm‬‬
‫}~_`‪ gfedcb a‬‬
‫‪l i h‬‬

‫)‪)) (٣‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﺣﲔ ﳝﺴﻲ ﻛﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ(( ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ‪ ،٤١٦/٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٥٠٨٢) :‬‬
‫‪MP‬‬

‫ﷲﻻ‬
‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺨ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺮ ﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﻕ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ‪‬ﻳﺴ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍ ِ‬
‫‪» .٤‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﷲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹺﻧ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺔ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮ َﺀ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺼ ﹺﺮ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ« )ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺑﹺﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺷ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ُ‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﺃﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (٢‬ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻕ‬
‫‪ (١‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻕ‬
‫‪(٤‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ‬
‫‪ (٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻕ‬
‫‪ (٦‬ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ (٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪ (٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﺣﱴ ﳝﺴﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺧﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻖ«)‪) (٢‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫‪» .٥‬ﺃﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜﻠ‪‬ﻤﺎ ‪‬‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺽ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻀ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺷ ﹲﺊ ‪‬ﻓﻲ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ﹺ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﱠﻟ ‪‬ﺬﻱ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫‪» .٦‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻠ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻢ«)‪) (٣‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ﱂ ﻳﺼﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﺭ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪.٤٣٥/٤ ٨٢‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٣٦٠٤) :‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،(٦٦٠) :‬ﺹ ‪.١٨٤‬‬
‫‪MQ‬‬

‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ  ‪‬ﻧﹺﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ«)‪.(١‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﹺﺈﺳ‪‬ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭﹺﺑ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫‪ » .٧‬ﺭﺿ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ(‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ﺣﻘﹼﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺵ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﺒﹺ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻮ ﱠﻛ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫‪ » .٨‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻈ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ« )ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺒﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻛﺮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻼﺀ)‪ ،(٢‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ )ﺳﺒﻊ‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻼﱐ )ﻗﺪﺱ ﺳﺮﻩ()‪) (٤‬ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‪،٣٦/٦ ،‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٢٩٢٧٢) :‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪.٥٢٩/٣ ،١٢٩‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ‪ ،٤١٥/٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٥٠٨١) :‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺻﺎﱀ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪ ﲜﻴﻼﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪٤٧٩‬ﻫـ(‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﻐﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻘﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﲰﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻤﺬ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﺒﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﳋﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻼﱐ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪٥٦١‬ﻫـ( ﰒ‬
‫=‬

‫‪MR‬‬

‫‪ T SRQPONMm .٩‬‬
‫‪ \[ZYXWVU‬‬
‫] ^ _ ` ‪ f e d c b  a‬‬
‫‪]lk  j  ih  g‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪) [١٩ – ١٧ :‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ()‪.(١‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺘﻪ)‪.(٢‬‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﻣﻦ‪ l¢¡  ~m‬ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ)‪.(٣‬‬
‫=ﺩﻓﻦ ﰲ ﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﲑ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ )‪ (٤٥١-٤٣٩/٢٠‬ﻓﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻴﺎﺕ)‪-٣٧٣/٢‬‬
‫‪ (٣٧٤‬ﺍﻷﻋﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﺰﺭﻛﻠﻲ )‪.(٤٧/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ‪ ،٤١٠ /٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٥٠٧٦) :‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪.٢٩٦/٥ ،١٧‬‬
‫)‪ ª © ¨ §¦ ¥ ¤ £¢ ¡  ~m(٣‬‬
‫«¬ ® ¯  ‪ ½ ¼ » º ¹ ¸ ¶ µ ´ ³ ² ±  °‬‬
‫¾ ¿  ‪  Í Ì Ë Ê É È Ç   Æ ÅÄ Ã Â Á À‬‬
‫‪] l Ñ Ð Ï Î‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪.١٨٢/٥ ،[١١٨ – ١١٥ :‬‬
‫‪MS‬‬

‫ﺸ‪‬ﻴﻄ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ﹺﺟ‪‬ﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪) .١١‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺫ ﹺﺑﺎ ِ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫)ﺛﻼﺙ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ( ﰒ‪ (٢)lts  r q p o nm‬ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ﻭ ﹼﻛﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﳝﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻬﻴﺪﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺣﲔ ﳝﺴﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻨـﺰﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻐ ‪‬ﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻙ‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸ ﹺﺮ ‪‬ﻙ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫‪» .١٢‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹺﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻧﻌ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺫ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻢ«)‪) (٣‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺘﻢ ﻟﻪ ﲞﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺸﻴ‪‬ﻄ ﹺﻦ‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺙ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺮﺍﺕ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺫ ﺑﹺﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺼﹺﺒﺢ ﹶﺛﹶﻠﺎ ﹶ‬
‫ﷲ ‪ ) :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫)‪(١‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ﹺﺟﻴ‪‬ﻢ‪ . . . . .‬ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ( ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪،(٢٣) :‬‬
‫‪.١٨٤/٥‬‬
‫)‪ } | { zy xw v uts  r q p o nmm(٢‬‬
‫~  ¡ ‪  ª ©¨ §¦ ¥ ¤  £ ¢‬‬
‫« ¬®¯‪ ¸ ¶ µ ´ ³ ² ± °‬‬
‫‪l É È  Ç  Æ ÅÄ Ã Â Á À ¿ ¾½ ¼ » º¹‬‬
‫]ﺍﳊﺸﺮ‪.[٢٤ – ٢٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.٣٨٢/٣٢ ،(١٩٦٠٦) :‬‬
‫‪MT‬‬

‫ﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻭﻟﹾﺪﻱ ‪‬ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﹺﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‪» .١٣‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣﺎ‪‬ﻟﻲ« )‪)(١‬ﺛﻼﺙ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺮﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻙ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﺷﺮﹺﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺢ ﹺﺑﻲ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹺﻧ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺔ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬
‫‪» .١٤‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸ ﹾﻜ ‪‬ﺮ«)‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺷﻜﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﳝﺴﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺷﻜﺮ ﻟﻴﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺿﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ) :‬ﹶﻻ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﲔ( ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺴﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻣﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹺﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﹸﻛ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒﺤ‪‬ﺎ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﰊ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻄﺎ ‪‬ﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺸﺄ ‪‬ﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻫﺎ ‪‬ﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍ ِ‬
‫‪) .١٥‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸ‪‬ﻴ ﹶﻄﺎ ‪‬ﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ﹺﺟ‪‬ﻴﻢ( )ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﹶﻛﺎ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺫ ﹺﺑﺎ ِ‬
‫‪‬ﺷﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ُ‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ﻋﺼﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺩﻩ)‪.(٣‬‬

‫ﻚ ﺷﺊ( ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺐ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻧﻪ ﹶﻟﺎ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﺬ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬‬
‫)‪) (١‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٦١٣٩) :‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‪ ،٤٠٨/٧ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٥٠٧٣) :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻴﻢ‪ ،٣١٦/٢ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٦٤٥٩) :‬‬
‫‪MU‬‬

‫ﻚ‬
‫ﺖ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺷ ﹺﻬ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺷ ﹺﻬ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤﹶﻠ ﹶﺔ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫‪» .١٦‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹺﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻙ ﹶﻟﺎ‬
‫ﻚ ﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺟﻤ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﺧ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻘ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻼ‪‬ﺋ ﹶﻜ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ«)‪) (١‬ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪﹰﺍ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻙ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﹸﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﱠﻥ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﺷ ﹺﺮ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﹰﺎ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺴﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﹶﺃﻟﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺖ‪.(.‬‬
‫ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻣﺴﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺩﺍ‪‬ﺋﻤﹰﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻭﺍ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪) .١٧‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ‬
‫ﺸ‪‬ﻴﹶﺌ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﱠﻟﺎ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘﻬﻰ ﹶﻟﻪ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﺧﺎ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﺧﹸﻠ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺲ()‪) (٢‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺲ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻧ ﹶﻔ ﹴ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺪ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﻃ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻓ ‪‬ﺔ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ ﹴﻦ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ ﱡﻔ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠ ﹺﺰ‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍ ﹶﳍ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﳊﹸﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺫ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‪» .١٨‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﹺﱐ ﺃﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺫ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻏﹶﻠ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﳉ‪‬ﺒ ﹺﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺨ ﹺﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍ ﹸ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺫ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟ ﹶﻜ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ ﹺﻦ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻬ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟﺎ ﹺﻝ«)‪) (٣‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ،١٢٠١‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻟﻠﻄﱪﺍﱐ ‪.١٥٢/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫﺓ‪ ،٦٥١/٢ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(١٥٥٥) :‬‬
‫‪NL‬‬

‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ ‪‬ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﳍ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺮﺃﻩ )ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺚ ﹶﻓﹶﻠﺎ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻜ ﹾﻠﻨﹺﻲ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ‪‬ﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ ﹶﻃ ‪‬ﺮﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘﻐ‪‬ﻴ ﹸ‬
‫‪» .١٩‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻗﻴ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﹺﺑ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬ﺢ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﺷ ﹾﺄﻧﹺﻲ ﹸﻛﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ«)‪) .(١‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ ﹴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ‪‬ﺗﻘﻀﻰ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺠﻪ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻱ()‪.(٢‬‬
‫‪) .٢٠‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﻭﺍ ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟﺎ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻜ ﹾﻠﹺﻨﻲ ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﹺﺭ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮﺍﺕ(‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺎﺭﺓ ﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺧﹶﻠ ﹾﻘ‪‬ﺘﻨﹺﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢١‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻻ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻐﻔﹶﺎ ﹺﺭ »ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺫ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻙ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻄ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﺑ‪‬ﻮ ُﺀ ﹺﺑﺬﹶﻧﱯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎ ﹾﻏ ‪‬ﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﱄ ﻓﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻚ ﹺﺑﹺﻨ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑ‪‬ﻮ ُﺀ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ«)‪) .(٣‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺏ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻐ ‪‬ﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺬﻧ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬

‫)‪(١‬ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،٤٧٦/١ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٧٦٠) :‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﳋﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﺔ‪ ،٣٩٨/١ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(١٢٧٦) :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ ،١٠٩٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪.(٦٣٠٦‬‬
‫‪NM‬‬

‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ ﺗ‪‬ﻐﻔﺮ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺿﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ) :‬ﻭﺍ ﹾﻏ ‪‬ﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻟ ﹸﻜ ّﹺﻞ ‪‬ﻣﺆ ‪‬ﻣ ﹴﻦ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺆ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤﹺﺒ‪‬ﻴﻦ(‪) .‬ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ(‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬‬
‫‪) .٢٢‬ﹶﻟﺎ ﹺﺇﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﺎ ﺍ ُ‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻴﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،٤٩٤/٦ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٢٢٥٦١) :‬‬
‫‪NN‬‬

‫ﺡ‬
‫ﺃ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﷲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣﻴﹺﻢ ِﻭ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻈ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍ ِ‬
‫‪) .١‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻗﻀﻴﺖ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ)‪) .(١‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮﺓ()‪.(٢‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﱂ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺫﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻫﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺖ(‪) .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻣﺮﺓ(‬
‫‪) .٣‬ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﻳﺎ ﹶﻗ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﹶﻟﺎ ﹺﺇﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇﱠﻟﺎ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺘﻢ ﻟﻪ ﲞﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻈ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ ‪‬ﻭﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ) .٤‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺕ(‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻩ()‪) .(٣‬ﺛﻼﺙ ‪‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺠﺬﹶﺍ ﹺﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎ‪‬ﻟ ﹺﺞ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ‪‬ﺗﻌﺎﻓﹶﻰ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﹼﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺟﺰ ٍﺀ ﻭﺍﺣ ‪‬ﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ N M L K JI H G F E D C B A m (١‬‬
‫‪.l S R Q P O‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ‪.٧٠٩/٦ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻴﺼﺔ ﺑﻦ ﳐﺎﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٢٠٦٢٥) :‬‬
‫‪NO‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﺼ ‪‬ﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ )‪.(١‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ)‪) (٢‬ﻳﻘﹾﺮﺃ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻠﹼﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱ )ﺕ ‪١٠١٤‬ﻫـ( ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ ) :‬ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﻭﱄ )‪٨٧٠-٨٠٧‬ﻫـ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﹼﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ )ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ( ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﲨﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻃﻤﺄﻧﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻓﺌﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﻈﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﺥ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﳚﻴﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺤﺤﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻘﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺪﻗﻘﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪NP‬‬

‫ﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺻ ﹶﻠﺎ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹺﺮ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬

‫‪ .١‬ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ)‪.(١‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﱂ ﳛﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ)‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﺏ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻪ(‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﻴ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻭﹶﺃﺗ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬
‫‪) .٢‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻐ ‪‬ﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﱠﻟﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﹶﻻ ﹺﺇﻟﹶ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ(‬
‫)ﺛﻼﺙ ‪‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻛﻔﺮﺕ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﺑﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ)‪.(٣‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ §   ¦ ¥ ¤ £ ¢ ¡ ~ } | { zy x  w  v u t s m(١‬‬
‫¨© ‪¼ » º¹ ¸ ¶ µ ´ ³ ²± ° ¯ ® ¬ « ª‬‬
‫½ ¾ ¿ ‪ Í ÌË  Ê  É ÈÇ Æ     Å Ä ÃÂ  Á  À‬‬
‫‪.lÏ Î‬‬

‫ﺻﻠﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺓ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻞ ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﻮ ﹺﻝ‬
‫ﷲ ‪ » :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺮﹶﺃ ﺁ‪‬ﻳ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺑ ﹺﺮ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺠ‪‬ﻨ ﹶﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ« ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﲏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺩﺑﺮ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪.٥٥‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﲏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺩﺑﺮ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.٥٦ :‬‬
‫‪NQ‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ )‪ ٣٣‬ﻣﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ )‪ ٣٣‬ﻣﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ ﺃﻛﱪ )‪ ٣٤‬ﻣﺮﺓ(‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻩ ﹶﻻ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﳜﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺑـ ) ﹶﻻ ﺇﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺍ ُ‬
‫‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ ٍﺀ ﻗﹶﺪﻳﺮ()‪.(١‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﻫﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺍﱠﻟ ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻳﹶﻠﺎ ﺇﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍ ِ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻬﺘﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺐ ‪‬ﻋﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ﹶﳍ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﳊﺰ ﹶﻥ«)‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺣ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃ ﹾﺫ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﳛﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺣﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺿﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ) :‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠ ﹺﺮ‪ . . . . .‬ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻋ ﹺﺰ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺰ ‪‬ﻳﺎ ﹶﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺻﹶﻠﺎ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬‫ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﹶﻠﺎ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻈ ‪‬ﻬ ﹺﺮ‪ . . . . .‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻛ ﹺﺮ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺍ ُ‬
‫ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬‫ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﺮ‪ . . . . .‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺟﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺻﹶﻠﺎ ‪‬ﺓ ‪‬ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬
‫ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬‫ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ . . . . .‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺻﹶﻠﺎ ‪‬ﺓﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻐ ﹺﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬‫ﷲ‪) .‬ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﹶﻠﺎ ‪‬ﺓﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀ‪ . . . . .‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻏﻔﹼﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺍ ُ‬
‫ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ‪.٢٣١/٣ ، . . . .‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﳎﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ‪.١٤٤/١٠‬‬
‫‪NR‬‬

‫ﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺠ ﹺﺮ ‪‬ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ ﹶﻠﺎ ‪‬ﺓﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻩ ﹶﻻ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﻳ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﲏ ﺭﺟﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ » ﹶﻻ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺨ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻲ ٍﺀ ﻗﹶﺪﻳ ‪‬ﺮ«‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ(‬
‫)ﻋﺸﺮ ‪‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺮﺯﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺮﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﺯﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﺕ(‬
‫‪» .٢‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃ ﹺﺟ ‪‬ﺮﻧﹺﻲ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ«)‪)(٢‬ﺳﺒﻊ ‪‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹼﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﻣ‪‬ﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻏﻨﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(١٧٩٩٠) :‬‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﺼ ‪‬ﺮ ﹾﻓ ‪‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ  ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺳ ‪‬ﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻚ ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺫﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﹶﻓ ﹸﻘ ﹺﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃ ﹺﺟ ‪‬ﺮﻧﹺﻲ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﹺﺭ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺻ‪‬ﻼ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍ ﹶﳌ ‪‬ﻐ ﹺﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ﺐ‬
‫ﻚ ﹸﻛ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺢ ﹶﻓ ﹸﻘ ﹾﻞ ﻛ ﹶﺬ‪‬ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﱠﻠ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹺﺟﻮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﹶﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺐ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹸﻛ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴﹶﻠ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹺﺟﻮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬
‫)‪.(٥٠٧٩‬‬
‫‪NS‬‬

‫ﺠ ﹺﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻠﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﺫﻛﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺷﹾﺌ ‪‬‬
‫ﺚ ‪‬ﺷﹾﺌ ‪‬‬
‫‪) .١‬ﹶﺍﻟﹼﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻛﻔﲏ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ ﹸ‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻤﹺﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴﺎﻱ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﹺﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻮﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺩﹺﻧ ‪‬ﻲ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﺪﹺﻧ ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫‪‬ﺑﻐﻰ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺴﺎﺀﻟﺔ ‪‬ﻓ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ‪‬ﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﹾ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫‪‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﹶﻟﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﻪ ﹺﺇﱠﻟﺎ ‪‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍُ‬
‫ﺵ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻢ(‪) .‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻮ ﱠﻛ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ ﺗ‪‬ﺤﻞ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﳍﻤﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻳﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺳﺪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻕ ﰲ ﻧﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﺰﻉ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻬﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻳﺴﲑﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺭﺟﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻳﻘﻌﺪ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻱ ﳝﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﲬﺲ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ)‪ (١‬ﰒ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ‬

‫)‪(١‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺭﻣﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺭﳏﲔ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﲟﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ‪ :٢٥-٢٠ :‬ﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﲡﻮﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺃﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪NT‬‬

‫ﻛﺄﺟﺮ ﺣﺠ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﺮﺓ)‪.(١‬‬

‫ﺠ ﹺﺮ ﰲ ﺟ‪‬ﻤﺎ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﺔ ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﺬ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ‪‬ﺗ ﹾﻄﹸﻠ ‪‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪ » :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬‬
‫)‪(١‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﺔ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺓ ﺗﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺔ ﺗﺎﻣ ‪‬ﺔ ﺗﺎﻣ ‪‬ﺔ« ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻛﺄ ‪‬ﺟ ﹺﺮ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ‪‬ﺭ ﹾﻛ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻦ ﻛﺎ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸ ‪‬ﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪.(٥٨٦‬‬
‫‪NU‬‬

‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺻﻠﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻐ ﹺﺮ ﹺ‬
‫‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺳﺖ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻌﺪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻙ‪ ( . . .‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻭﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤﺎ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﺑـ) ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻛﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻧﻔﻞ)‪ ،(١‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺑﲔ)‪ (٢‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻏﻔﻮﺭ ﻟﻸﻭ‪‬ﺍﺑﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺇﱃ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻣﱴ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪) :‬ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‪ . . . . . .‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ)‪.(٣‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺭﺩ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ‪.٤٥٥/٢ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺃﻭ‪‬ﺍﺑﲔ ﲨﻊ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺭﺟ‪‬ﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻋﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻐ ﹺﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺳﺮ‪ ،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺪﺛﲏ ﺃﰊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺖ ﺭ‪‬ﺳﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬‬
‫ﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓﹸ؟ ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺭ ﹶﻛﻌ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹸﻘ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﺫﹸﻧﻮ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺇ ﹾﻥ‬
‫ﺕ ﹸﻏ ‪‬ﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺭﻛﹶﻌﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻐ ﹺﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺭﻛﹶﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‪ » :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻐ ﹺﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻣﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ‪‬ﺒﺤ‪‬ﺮ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﹶﺎ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ‪‬ﺒ ﹺﺮ( ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺠ‪‬ﻴ ﹸﺔ ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺠﹺﻴ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻋﺬﹶﺍ ﹺ‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ) :‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎﹺﻧ ‪‬ﻌ ﹸﺔ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ ﹺ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٢٨٩٠) :‬‬
‫‪OL‬‬

‫‪ .٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺲ‪ . . . . . . .‬ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ)‪.(١‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ‪ . . . . . .‬ﱂ ‪‬ﺗﺼﺒﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺔ)‪.(٢‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ‪ . . . . .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ)‪.(٣‬‬

‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ‪‬ﻴﹶﻠ ﹶﺔ« ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﷲ ﹶﻏ ﹶﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺗ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪ » :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺮﹶﺃ ﻳﺲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴﹶﻠ ‪‬ﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺘﻐ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍ ِ‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪،(٢٤٦٤) :‬‬
‫‪.٤٨٠/٢‬‬
‫ﺼ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﹶﺎﹶﻗ ﹲﺔ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﺑﺪ‪‬ﺍ« ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﷲ ‪ » :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺮﹶﺃ ﺳ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟﻮ‪‬ﺍ‪‬ﻗ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺔ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴﹶﻠ ‪‬ﺔ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪،(٢٤٩٩) :‬‬
‫‪.٤٩٠/٢‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ« ﺳﻨﻦ‬
‫)‪(٣‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٢٨٨٨) :‬‬
‫‪OM‬‬

‫ﺻﻠﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀ‬
‫‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﺼﱢﻠﻲ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ﹶﻛ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫‪-١‬ﹶﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ﹶﻛ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻫﹸﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ ﹶﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬‬‫ﺐ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺮﺿﻰ ﹶﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ﹶﻛ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ ﹶﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬‬‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻭﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺭﻭ‪‬ﺡ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ ﹶﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬‬‫ﺴﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ ﹶﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬‬‫ﷲ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﱠﻠﻰ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ‪‬ﺒﻮ ﹺﺭ‪ ،‬‬
‫ﺻ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﻗﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ ﹶﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬‬‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤﺪ)‪.(١‬‬
‫ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻮﹶﻟﺎ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ  ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﳎﺎ ﹰﻻ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﲑﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﻻ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴ‪‬ﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺿﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ  ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﳜﻄﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻼﱐ ﰲ )ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﺎﺀ( ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﺮﻭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﻱ)‪١٠١٤‬ﻫـ( ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪) :‬ﺍﳊﺰﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﺤﻢ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻬﺎﱐ)‪١٣٥٠‬ﻫـ( ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪) :‬ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﺘﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ON‬‬

‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﻴ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﻻ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪)-٢‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺻ ﱢﻞ ﻭﺳﻠﱢﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﹺﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻨ ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒﺤ‪‬ﺎ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﱠﻻ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺃﹶﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﹺﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷﻣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺙ( )ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ ‪‬ﻳﺎ ﹶﻏ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸ‬
‫ﺙ ‪‬ﻳﺎ ﹶﻏ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸ‬
‫ﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﹶﻏ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻮ ﹺﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫] ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ [ ﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪OO‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨّﻮ ﹺﻡ‬

‫‪ .١‬ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ)‪.(١‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻔﻆ ﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ)‪.(٢‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺒﺢ ﻧﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ)‪.(٤)(٣‬‬
‫)‪ §   ¦ ¥ ¤ £ ¢ ¡ ~ } | { zy x  w  v u t s m(١‬‬
‫¨© ‪¼ » º¹ ¸ ¶ µ ´ ³ ²± ° ¯ ® ¬ « ª‬‬
‫½ ¾ ¿ ‪ Î Í ÌËÊ  É ÈÇ Æ Å Ä ÃÂ Á À‬‬
‫‪lÏ‬‬

‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ )‪ ٣٣‬ﻣﺮﺓ( ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ )‪ ٣٣‬ﻣﺮﺓ( ﺍﷲ ﺃﻛﱪ )‪ ٣٤‬ﻣﺮﺓ(‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٢٧٢٧) :‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳍﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.٩٧/١ ،(٩٠٤) :‬‬
‫)‪ T S R Q P O N M L K J I H G F m(٤‬‬
‫‪b a ` _ ^ ] \ [ Z Y X W V U‬‬
‫‪.l d c‬‬
‫=‬

‫‪OP‬‬

‫‪.٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ‪.(١) lkm‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ‪l h gm‬ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ)‪.(٣)(٢‬‬

‫=‪ N M L K  J I H G F  E  D  C B Am‬‬
‫‪.l R Q P O‬‬

‫)‪ Q P O N M L K J IH GF E D C B Am(١‬‬
‫‪ b a ` _ ^ ] \ [ Z  Y X W V U T S R‬‬
‫‪]l k j i hg f e d c‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪[٥ – ١ :‬‬

‫‬

‫)‪ t srq pon mlk  ji  hg m(٢‬‬
‫‪¤ £ ¢ ¡  ~ } |{ z y x w v u‬‬
‫‪ ¸ ¶ µ´ ³ ² ± ° ¯ ®¬ « ª © ¨ § ¦ ¥‬‬
‫‪ Ç Æ  Å  Ä Ã Â Á À ¿ ¾½ ¼ »  º ¹‬‬
‫‪Û Ú ÙØ × Ö Õ Ô ÓÒ Ñ Ð  Ï Î Í Ì Ë ÊÉ È‬‬
‫‪] lßÞÝ Ü‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .[٢٨٦– ٢٨٥ :‬‬

‫‬

‫ﷲ ‪ ) :‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺮﹶﺃ ﺑﹺﺎﻵ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻦ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺁ ‪‬ﺧ ﹺﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ‪‬ﺒ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺓ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴﹶﻠ ‪‬ﺔ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻔﺘ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻩ( ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )‪.(٥٠٠٩‬‬
‫‪OQ‬‬

‫ﻭﳍﻤﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ)‪.(١‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻣﻦ ‪l ² ± °m‬ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻬﻒ)‪)(٢‬ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ()‪.(٣‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻣﱴ ﻗﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﺎﻡ )ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﳚﻤﻊ ﮐ ﱠﻔ‪‬ﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ )ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ)‪ ((٤‬ﹼﰒ ﻳﻨﻔﺚ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﹼﰒ ﳝﺴﺢ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﻈﺘﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻭﻭﻗﺘﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻏﻨﺘﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺠﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭ ﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ ¿ ¾ ½ ¼ » º ¹¸ ¶   µ ´³ ² ± °m(٢‬‬
‫‪   Ñ Ð   Ï Î Í Ì   Ë Ê É È Ç   Æ   Å   Ä Ã Â Á À‬‬
‫‪ å äãâ áà  ß Þ Ý Ü Û Ú  Ù Ø  × Ö Õ Ô  Ó Ò‬‬
‫‪.l î í ìë ê é è ç æ‬‬

‫ﻒ ‪‬ﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﺔ ‪‬ﻳﺮﹺﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻞ ﻗﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻣﻬ‪‬ﺎ( ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫)‪ )(٣‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺮﹶﺃ ﺁ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.٤٦٩/٢ ،(٣٢٨٢) :‬‬
‫)‪N M L K  J I H G F E D C B A m(٤‬‬
‫‪.l S R Q P O‬‬
‫=‬

‫‪OR‬‬

‫ﻭﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺗﲔ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ)‪.(١‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺑﻼﺀ)‪.(٢‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻭﳜﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﻮﺭﺓ‪(٣)lCB Am‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺿﻄ ‪‬ﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﰒ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﲤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ)‪.(٤‬‬

‫=‪ c b a ` _ ^ ] \ [ Z Y X W V U Tm‬‬
‫‪.lnm l  k j i h g f e d‬‬
‫‪ |{zyxwvutsrqpm‬‬
‫}~_` ‪ gfedcba‬‬
‫‪.l h‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﺫﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٥٠١٧) :‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﳌﺄﺛﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ‪.٧١٢/٦‬‬
‫)‪ N M L  K J I H G F E D C B Am(٣‬‬
‫‪l_^ ] \ [ Z Y X  W V U TS R Q P O‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ‪.[٦ – ١ :‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻞ ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻗ ‪‬ﺮﹾﺃ )ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎ‪‬ﻓﺮ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ( ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺧﺎ‪‬ﺗﻤ‪‬ﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ‪‬ﻧﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺠ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬
‫ﻀ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫)‪)(٤‬ﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺧ ﹾﺬ ‪‬‬
‫ﺸ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻙ( ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳍﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٣٦٨) :‬‬
‫‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍ َﺀﹲﺓ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪OS‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻘﺎﻅ ‪‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨّﻮ ﹺﻡ‬

‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﱠﻟﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪‬ﺗﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭﹺﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨﺸ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺭ«)‪.(١‬‬
‫»ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ )ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ(‬
‫)ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ(‬
‫ﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ  ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻧﺬ ﹼﮐﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.(٦٣١٢) :‬‬
‫‪OT‬‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ‬

‫ﻼ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﰒ ﻣﱴ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺭﻛﻌﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﲦﺎﱐ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ)‪،(٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻴﻘﺮﺃ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺟﺮ ﺧﺘﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﺮ ﺑﺼﻼﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ  ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺱ ﹺﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ‪‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﹶ‬
‫ﺱ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻞ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻜ ﱢﻔ ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﹸﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺪ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﹶ‬
‫ﳉ‪‬ﻨﺔ( ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﳌﻌﺎﺫ‪ َ) :‬‬
‫‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺧﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﻼ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﷲ  }‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺘﺠ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﻰ ‪‬ﺟﻨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﹺﺟ ﹺﻊ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺪﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﻮﻓﹰﺎ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻃ ‪‬ﻤﻌ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺨﻄ‪‬ﻴﹶﺌﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺯ ﹾﻗﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻔﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ{(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺭﺩ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﰲ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪.٤٦٨/٢ ،‬‬
‫‪OU‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳉﻬﺮﻱ )ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﺘﺮﺑﻌﹰﺎ ﰒ ﳜﻔﺾ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﳏﺎﺫﻳﹰﺎ ﻟﺮﻛﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺑﻼﻡ )ﹶﻟﺎ(ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺮﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﱃ ﳏﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‬
‫ﷲ(‬
‫‪‬ﻤﺰﺓ )ﹺﺇﻟﻪ( ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﮦ( ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ)ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ‬

‫ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ)‪.(١‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﲟﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ) ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺳﻠﱠﻢ( ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﺗﻌ‪‬ﺎﱃ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻠﻰ ﺁﻟ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍِ‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ( ﻣﻜﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻭﺯﻣﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ  ﰲ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﹼﺎ ﺍﷲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪PL‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳋﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻐﻤﺾ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺣﺮﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻻ ‪‬ﻡ )ﹶﻟﺎ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﺎﺀ )ﺇﻟﻪ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‬
‫ﷲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﳘﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ )ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ُ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ )ﹶﻟﺎ ﹺﺇﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﹺﺇﹶﻟّﺎ ‪‬ﻫﻮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺇﹶﻟّﺎ‬
‫ﻫ‪‬ﻮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ( ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ )ﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻝ( ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺓ ﳘﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ )ﺇﹶﻟّﺎ ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ )ﻻ ‪‬ﻩ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺓ ‪‬ﻤﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ )ﺍﷲ( ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ )ﻻ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﻭﻳﻀﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﺔ )ﮦ( ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ( ﺑﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳍﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﳘﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ )ﻻﻡ(‬
‫‪) . ٥‬ﺍ ْ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ )ﻻ ‪‬ﻩ( ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﲟﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺁﻻﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪﻫﺎ ‪‬ﻳﻔﻌﻞ )ﺑﺎﳋﻔﻲ(‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻤﻤﺘﻪ ﻹﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪PM‬‬

‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻮﺿ‪‬ﺌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﺿﺊ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﳏﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺠﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ(‪.‬‬

‫‪PN‬‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ )ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ(‬

‫ﻼ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺘﻮﰱ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺩﺋﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺩﺑﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺷﻌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﲝﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ  ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻚ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺴﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ)‪ ،(٢‬ﻭﲢﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﻣﱰﻟﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳍﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺳﲑ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻛﺪ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﳌﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻟﻸﻏﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺪﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺷﺪ ﳘﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﱐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ( ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻩ ﻭﱄ ﺍﷲ ﳏﺪﺙ ﺩﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺸﺒﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﰲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪PO‬‬

‫)ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺃﻭﻻ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ )ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ( ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﳏﺮﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ‪١٣٣٨‬ﻫـ‬

‫‪PP‬‬

‫ﹺﻭ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻷِﻣﺎ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪ ‬ﻮ ﹺﻭﻱ‪ ‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫ﷲ ﺃﻛ‪‬ﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺃﻛ‪‬ﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ﺃﻛ‪‬ﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﷲ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟ ﹶﻔﹺﺒ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﷲ‬
‫ﷲ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﻒ ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻒ ﺃﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺃﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺃﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻒ ﻻ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻈ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ‬
‫ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻈ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﲏ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺭ‪‬ﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺵ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻈ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﺒ ﹺﻊ ﻭ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﲔ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﺒ ﹺﻊ ﻭ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻤﻮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺮﺕ‬
‫ﲝﺰﺏ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺲ ﺷﻐﺎﻑ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪PQ‬‬

‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﺽ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻀ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻲ ٌﺀ ‪‬ﻓﻲ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ﹺ‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﱠﻟ ‪‬ﺬﻱ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬
‫ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﻴ ‪‬ﻢ‪) .‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺃ ﹾﻓ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﺢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺽ ﻭﻓ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﺮ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺳﻤ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ‪‬ﻓﻲ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ﹺ‬
‫ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﹼﺎ‬
‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْ‬
‫ﷲ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﻻ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺷ ﹺﺮ ‪‬ﻙ ﹺﺑ ‪‬ﻪ ﺷ‪‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْ‬
‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْ‬
‫ﻭﺃ ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺘﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْ‬
‫ﻑ ﻭﺃﺣ ﹶﺬﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺃﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﻭﺃﺟ ﱡﻞ ﻭﺃﻛ ‪‬ﱪ ﳑ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺧﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍ ُ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺷ ‪‬ﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷ ‪‬ﺮ ﻏﲑﻱ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺎ ‪‬ﺧﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻖ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻋﻮ ﹸﺫ ﻣﻦ ‪‬ﺷﺮ‪‬ﺭﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺣﺘ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺯ ﻣﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭ ﹶﺫﺭ‪‬ﺃ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺃ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‬
‫ﻱ ﻭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻬﹺﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﲔ ﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺩﺭﹸﺃ ﰲ ‪‬ﻧﺤ‪‬ﻮﺭﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﹸﺃﹶﻗﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺑ ‪‬‬
‫‪lDC B  Am‬‬

‫‬

‫‪ L K  J I H G F E D C B A m‬‬

‫‪) .l S RQ P O N M‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ﺷ‪‬ﻤﺎﱄ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻦ ﺷ‪‬ﻤﺎﺋ‪‬ﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻴﲏ ﻭﹶﺃﻳ‪‬ﻤﺎﻧﹺﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺫﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺫﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻔﻲ ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺧﻠﻔ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺫﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺫﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺤﺘ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺗﺤ‪‬ﱵ ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻗﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻮ‪‬ﻗﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺫﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺫﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻂ ﰊ ‪‬ﻭﺑﹺﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ ﳏ‪‬ﻴ ﹲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﺫﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﱄ ﻭ ﹸﳍ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺧﲑ ‪‬ﻙ ﲞﲑ ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﻟﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻻ ﳝﻠﻜ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﻏﲑ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻚ ﹾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹺﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺳﹶﺄﹸﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﻚ ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺮ ﹺﺯ ‪‬ﻙ‬
‫ﻚ ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺰﹺﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﻌ‪‬ﻠﲏ ﻭﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻙ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻴﺎ ‪‬ﺫ ‪‬ﻙ ﻭ ﹺﺟﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﹺﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﻭﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎﹺﻧ ‪‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬

‫ﻍ ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺎﺳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﺮ ﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻧ‪‬ﺲ ﻭﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﱟﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎ ﹴ‬
‫ﻭ ﹶﻛ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻔ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺖ ﺁ ‪‬ﺧ ﹲﺬ ﹺﺑﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ ﹴﻊ ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺔ ﻭ ‪‬ﻋﻘﹾﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﺮ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺩ‪‬ﺍ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﺔ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬
‫ﺴ‪‬ﺘﻘ‪‬ﻴ ﹴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﻕ‬
‫ﱯ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﹺﺯ ‪‬‬
‫ﱯ ﺍﳋﹶﺎﻟ ‪‬ﻖ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳌﹶﺨﻠﹸﻮﻗ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳌﹶﺮﺑ‪‬ﻮﺑﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﱯ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﱯ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺻ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺼ‪‬ﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﱯ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺗ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳌﺴ‪‬ﺘﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺯ‪‬ﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﱯ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﱂ ﻳ ‪‬ﺰ ﹾﻝ‬
‫ﱯ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ﺣﺴ‪‬ﱯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﱯ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺎﻫ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳌ ﹾﻘﻬ‪‬ﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﷲ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺟ‪‬ﻤﻴﻊ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﱯﺍ ُ‬
‫ﷲ ﻭﻧﹺﻌ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴ ﹸﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﱯﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴﱯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫‪ zm lJIHGFEDCBA m‬‬
‫{|}~¡‪ ¥¤£¢‬‬
‫¦ § ¨ © ‪ ³ ²±  ° ¯ ® ¬ « ª‬‬
‫´ ‪.l ½ ¼ » º ¹ ¸ ¶ µ‬‬
‫‪ » º¹ ¸ ¶µ   ´    ³ ² ± ° ¯ ® ¬m‬‬
‫¼ ½¾‪) .l‬ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻈ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ‪) .‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺻﺤﹺﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﱠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﹼﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪PS‬‬

‫ﺕ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺧ‪‬ﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻔﹶﺎﻟﹸﻬﺎ ‪‬ﺛﻘﹶﱵ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﹶﺎﺗﻴﺤ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻻ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ‬
‫ﺧ‪‬ﺒﺄ ‪‬‬
‫ﺨﻠﹸﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻦ ‪‬ﻧﻔﹾﺴﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻃﻴ ‪‬ﻖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻃﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻃﹶﺎﹶﻗ ﹶﺔ ﳌ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﺩﺍ‪‬ﻓ ‪‬ﻊ ﺑ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻊ ﻗﹸﺪﺭ ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﳋﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ﻭﻧﹺﻌ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴ ﹸﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻈ‪‬ﻴ ﹺﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﱯﺍ ُ‬
‫ﺣﺴ ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﹺﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﱠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﹼﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ‪‬ﻣﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭ ‪‬‬

‫‪PT‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﺼﺒﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻠﻊ ﻓﺠﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺭﺑﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﳒﺒﺖ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺑﻎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﱴ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺁﻻﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﻢ ﻏﻔﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻟﻮﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻤﺎﺳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﻨﺎﻑ ﺑﻌﻤﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺷﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٢٧٢‬ﻫ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ ١٤‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪١٨٥٦‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ "‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳﻠ‪‬ﻲ" ﺑﺎﳍﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻃﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﻣﻔﱵ ﻧﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺻﻐﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺟﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺣﺼﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺱ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ )ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ(‪.‬‬

‫‪PU‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﲡﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺣﺪﺍﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻇﻔﺎﺭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﲝﻔﻆ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺻﻐﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻠﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺰﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲣﺮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﳜﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﳎﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﻔﱵ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ)‪١٢٨٢‬ﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍﻣﻔﻮﺭﻱ )‪١٣٠٣‬ﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﲏ ﺩﺣﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ )‪١٢٩٩‬ﻫـ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻔﱵ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﲟﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ )‪١٣٠١‬ﻫـ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻫﺮﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪١٢٩٤‬ﻫـ( ﻭﻧﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺳﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺁﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ )‪١٢٩٦‬ﻫـ( ﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﻣﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﶈﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ " ﲢﻔﺔ ﺍﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﺔ " ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻧﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪QL‬‬

‫ﺣ ‪‬ﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪١٢٩٠‬ﻫـ( ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﱀ‬
‫ﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺞ )ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﺌﺔ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﲨﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺯﻳﲏ ﺍﳊﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ‪‬ﺞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪١٣٢٣‬ﻫـ( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﲔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺣﺎﻓ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺇﺟﺎﺯﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻧـﺰﻫﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﻃﺮ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ . . .‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﲏ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻔﱵ ﺍﻷﺣﻨﺎﻑ ﲟﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﱠﻟﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻣﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺠﺒﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﺫﻛﺎﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ‪‬ﺳﺌﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﰲ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﲔ‪،‬‬

‫‪QM‬‬

‫ﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﱵ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﲰ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪) :‬ﻛﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﻃﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻫﻢ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳎﻤﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﹰﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺭﺳ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺬﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﲣﺮ‪‬ﺝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﶈﺪ‪‬ﺛﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻋﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻜﱢﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻇﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﹺﻬﺎﺭﻱ‪ -‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺗ‪‬ﺐ ﻣﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﺱ ﺗﻼﻣﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ -‬ﻓﻬﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻼﹼﺏ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﳉﻔﹶﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﹼﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﲪﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺑﻠﺴﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﺑﻠﺪ ﹶﺓ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﺮﻳ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﹶﺔ ﻋﺸ ‪‬ﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻠﻘﹼﻰ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﳉﻔﹶﺮ ﻭﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻓﺎﻕ ﻭﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨ‪‬ﻒ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﹶ‬
‫ﺑـ)ﺃﻃﺎﻳﺐ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﲑ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﱡﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﲢﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﱃ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻈﻔﺮ )‪١٣٤٠‬ﻫـ‪١٩٢١/‬ﻡ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﺫﻥ‪) :‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺡ( ﺑﺒﻠﺪﺓ ﺑﺮﻳﻠﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﱂ( ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﲢﻞ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫‪QN‬‬

‫ﻱ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻸ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﻘﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ)‪.(١‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﻃﺮ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻓﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻜﻨﻮﻱ )‪١٣٤١‬ﻫـ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪:٣٢‬‬
‫‪ ،١٨٢-١٨٠/٨‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺐ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ ،٢٠-١٩‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪QO‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬
‫‪-‬‬

‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺑﻠﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ‪٧٣٩‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪١٩٨٧ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪٢٥٦‬ﻫـ‪،‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﳋﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪٢٠٠٧ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‬
‫‪٩١١‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﱯ ﺑﺪﻣﺸﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ‪٩١١‬ﻫـ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﳎﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺰﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﺤﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻼ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪١٠١٤‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪٢٠٠٦ ،٢‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﳌﺄﺛﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪٩١١‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪١٩٩٠ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪QP‬‬

‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺭﺩ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﻣﲔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫‪١٢٥٢‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ‪٢٠٠٣ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻬﺎﱐ ‪١٣٥٠‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺙ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪،٤‬‬
‫‪٢٠٠٤‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺷﻌﺚ ﺍﻷﺯﺩﻱ ‪٢٧٥‬ﻫـ‪،‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﻧﺆﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪٢٠٠٩ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪٢٧٩‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﻧﺆﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪٢٠٠٩ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ‪٢٥٥‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‬
‫‪٤٥٨‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﱐ ﺯﻏﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪١٩٩٠ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪٢٥٦‬ﻫـ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪١٩٩٩ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪QQ‬‬

‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺴﲔ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﲑﻱ ‪٢٦١‬ﻫـ‪،‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺻﻬﻴﺐ ﺃﻟﻜﺮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ‪١٩٩٨ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻨ‪‬ﻲ ‪٣٦٤‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻄﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ ‪١٣٤٠‬ﻫـ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺐ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻁ ‪ ٢٠١٢ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺷﺠﺎﻉ ﺷﲑﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﺩﺍﺭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲ‪٥٠٩‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻱ‪١٠٣١‬ﻩـ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪١٩٩٠ ،٢‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﳋﻔﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﻮﱐ‪١١٦٢‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪١٣٥١ ،٢‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫ﳎﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ‪٨٠٧‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ‪٢٤١‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﻧﺆﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪٢٠٠١ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪QR‬‬

‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ‪٢٣٥‬ﻫـ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‬
‫‪٣٦٠‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﻴﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪،١‬‬
‫‪١٩٨٥‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﻃﺮ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻓﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻜﻨﻮﻱ ‪١٣٤١‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪١٩٩٩ ،١‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪QS‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪...................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.....................‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‪.............................‬‬
‫ﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ‪.....................‬‬
‫ﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻀﺔ‪................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪...........‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪..................‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪..........................‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ‪..........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪..........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻘﺎﻅ ‪‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪............‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ(‪...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ‪...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳉﻬﺮﻱ )ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ(‪..........‬‬

‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬

‫‪QT‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳋﻔﻲ‪..............................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺱ‪....................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ )ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ(‪.....................‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ(‪....................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻠﻮﻱ‪.......‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪...........................‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪........................‬‬

‫‪QU‬‬

‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬